]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
test: make transient hostname tests fail verbosely (#4754)
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
2bcc3309
FB
3CHANGES WITH 233 in spe
4
5 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
6 following choices:
7
b0eb2944 8 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 9 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 10 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 11 (h)elp
eedf223a 12 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 13 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
14 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
15 (y)es, execute the command
16
17 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
18 because its meaning was confusing.
19
54b24597 20CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 21
4ffe2479
ZJS
22 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
23 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
24
6fa44114 25 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
26 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
27 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 28
4a77c53d
ZJS
29 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
30 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
31 to be remounted read-only for a service.
32
e49e2c25 33 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
34 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
35 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
36 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
37
6fa44114 38 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
39 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
40
41 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
42 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
43 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
44
4ffe2479
ZJS
45 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
46 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
47 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
48 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
49 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
50 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
51 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
52 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
53 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
54 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 55
171ae2cd 56 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 57 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 58 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
59
60 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
61 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
62 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
63 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
64
65 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
66 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
67 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
68 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
69
70 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
71 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
72
73 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
74 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
75 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
76 and the support is provisional.
77
171ae2cd
LP
78 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
79 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
80 unit files in the file system).
81
82 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
83 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
84 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
85 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
86 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
87 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
88 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
89 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
90 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
91 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
92 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
93 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
94
95 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
96 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
97 option.
98
99 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
100 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
101 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
102 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
103 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
104 else.
105
171ae2cd
LP
106 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
107 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
108 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
109 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
110 bootable on physical systems.
111
4a77c53d 112 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
113
114 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
115 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
116 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
117 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
118 used.
119
120 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 121 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
122 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
123 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
124
05ecf467 125 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 126
d4c08299 127 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
128 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
129 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
130 of the container).
131
171ae2cd 132 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
133 files from the specified location.
134
135 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
136 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
137 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
138 be active.
139
140 * The hardware database has been extended to support
141 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
142 trackball devices.
143
144 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
145 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
146 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
147
148 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
149 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
150 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 151
171ae2cd 152 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
153 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
154
171ae2cd 155 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 156 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
157 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
158 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
159 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
160
161 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
162 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
163 are automatically propagated to the container.
164
165 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
166 from a single IP address can be limited with
167 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
168 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 169
4a77c53d
ZJS
170 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
171 configuration.
172
173 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
174 drop-ins.
175
4ffe2479
ZJS
176 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
177 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
178 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
179 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
180 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
181 [Link] section of .link files.
182
171ae2cd
LP
183 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
184 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
185 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
186 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 187
171ae2cd 188 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
189 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
190 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
191
171ae2cd 192 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
193 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
194 .network files.
195
171ae2cd
LP
196 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
197 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
198 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
199 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 200
4a77c53d 201 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 202 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
203 has been traditionally doing.
204
205 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
206 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
207 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
208 prevent any later plugins from running.
209
76153ad4 210 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 211 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
212 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
213 default of SplitMode=uid.
214
4a77c53d
ZJS
215 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
216 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
217 useful.
218
4ffe2479
ZJS
219 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
220 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
221 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
222 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
223 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
224 individual namespaces.
225
171ae2cd
LP
226 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
227 the output, as well as OS release information.
228
229 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
230
231 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
232 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
233 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
234 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
235 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
236
237 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
238 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
239 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
240 severed.
241
242 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
243 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
244 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
245 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
246 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
247 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
248 information about exit statuses and results.
249
4c37970d
LP
250 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
251 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
252 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
253 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
254 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
255 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
256
257 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
258
259 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
260 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
261 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
262 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
263 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
264 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
265 entirely.
266
267 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
268 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
269 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
270
271 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
272 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
273 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
274 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
275 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
276 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
277 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
278 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
279 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
280 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
281 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
282 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
283 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
284 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
285 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
286 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
287 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
288
289 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
290 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
291 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
292 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
293
294 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
295 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
296 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
297 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
298
299 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
300 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
301 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
302 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
303 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
304 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
305 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
306 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
307 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
308 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
309 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
310 fragment entirely.)
311
312 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
313 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
314 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
315
316 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
317 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
318 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
319 FileDescriptorName= setting.
320
321 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
322 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
323 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
324 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
325 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
326 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
327
328 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
329 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
330
b4eed568
LP
331 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
332 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
333
334 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
335 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
336 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
337 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
338 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
339
07393b6e
LP
340 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
341 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
342 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
343 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
344 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
345 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
346 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
347 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
348 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
349 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
350 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
351 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
352 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
353 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
354 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
355 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
356 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
357 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
358 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
359 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
360 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
361 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
362 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
363 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
364 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
365 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
366
54b24597 367 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 368
5cd118ba
MP
369CHANGES WITH 231:
370
fcd30826
LP
371 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
372 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 373 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
374 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
375 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
376 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
377 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
378 independently.
379
380 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
381 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
382
383 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
384 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
385 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
386 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 387 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
388 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
389 values.
390
391 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
392 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
393 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
394 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
395 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
396
397 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
398 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
399 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
400 7:10am every day.
401
402 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
403 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
404 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
405 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
406 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
407 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
408 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
409 available for compatibility.
410
411 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
412 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
413 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
414 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
415 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
416 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
417
418 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
419 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
420 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
421 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
422 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
423 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
424 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
425 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
426 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
427
428 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
429 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
430 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
431 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
432 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
433 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
434 desired options.
435
fcd30826
LP
436 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
437 cgroupsv2.
438
439 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
440 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
441 limited to subgroups of that group.
442
443 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
444 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
445 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 446 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
447 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
448 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
449 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
450 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
451
452 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
453 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
454 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
455 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
456 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
457 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
458 own long-running services.
459
460 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
461 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
462 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
463 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
464
465 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
466 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
467 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
468 propagates this notification further to the service manager
469 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
470 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
471 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
472 primitives.
473
474 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
475 "terminate".
476
477 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
478 link-local IPv6 addresses.
479
480 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
481 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
482 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
483 --flush-caches".
484
771de3f5 485 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
486 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
487 is shown.
488
489 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
490 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
491 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 492 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
493 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
494 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
495
496 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
497 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
498 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
499 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
500 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
501 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
502 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
503 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
504 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
505 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
506 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
507 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
508 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
509 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
510 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
511 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
512 bus API instead.
513
514 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
515 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
516 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
517 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
518
519 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
520 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
521 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
522 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
523
524 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
525 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
526 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
527
528 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
529 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
530
531 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
532 interface configuration.
533
534 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
535 specifying the --force switch.
536
537 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
538 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
539 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
540
43a569a1
ZJS
541 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
542 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
543 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
544 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 545 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
546 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
547 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
548 to be handled.
549
550 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
551 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
552
553 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
554 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
555
556 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
557 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
558 of persistent symlinks for that device.
559
0f1da52b
LP
560 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
561 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
562
563 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
564 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
565 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
566 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
567 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
568 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
569 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
570 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
571 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
572 library.
43a569a1 573
fcd30826
LP
574 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
575 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
576 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
577 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
578 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
579 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 580 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
581 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
582 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
583 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 584
4ffe2479
ZJS
585 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
586 distribution's bugtracker.
587
38b383d9
LP
588 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
589 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
590 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
591 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
592 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
593 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
594 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
595 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
596 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
597 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
598 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
599 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
600 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
601 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
602 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
603 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
604 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
605 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 606 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 607
38b383d9 608 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 609
46e40fab 610CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 611
61ecb465
LP
612 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
613 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
614 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
615 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
616 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
617 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
618 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
619 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
620 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 621 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
622 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
623 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
624 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
625 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
626 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
627 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
628 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
629 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
630 applications.)
61ecb465 631
96515dbf 632 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 633 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 634 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 635
97e5530c
ZJS
636 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
637 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 638 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
639 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
640 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
641 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
642 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
643
644 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
645 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
646 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 647 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 648 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 649 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
650
651 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
652 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
653 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
654 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
655 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
656 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 657
95365a57 658 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 659 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 660
e75690c3
ZJS
661 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
662 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 663 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
664
665 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
666
96515dbf 667 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 668 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
669 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
670 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
671 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 672
96515dbf
ZJS
673 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
674 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
675 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 676 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 677
e40a326c
LP
678 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
679 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
680 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
681 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
682 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
683 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 684
e40a326c
LP
685 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
686 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
687 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
688
689 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
690 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
691 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
692 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
693 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
694 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
695
696 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
697 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
698 address.
699
700 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
701 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
702 should be emitted.
96515dbf 703
e40a326c 704 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
705 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
706 supported.
707
e40a326c
LP
708 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
709 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
710 logging performance.
96515dbf 711
e75690c3
ZJS
712 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
713 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
714 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
715 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
716 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
717 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
718
719 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
720 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
721 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
722 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
723
e40a326c
LP
724 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
725 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
726
727 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
728 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
729 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
730
e75690c3 731 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
732
733 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
734 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
735 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
736 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 737
e75690c3
ZJS
738 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
739 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
740 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
741 refuse to operate on such files.
742
e40a326c
LP
743 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
744 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
745 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
746
747 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
748 just hidden container images.
749
e40a326c
LP
750 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
751 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
752
e40a326c
LP
753 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
754 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
755 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
756 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
757 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
758 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
759 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
760 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
761 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
762 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
763 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 764
25b0e6cb
LP
765 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
766 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
767 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
768 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
769 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
770 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
771 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
772 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
773 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
774 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
775 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
776 terminates.
777
e40a326c 778 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
779 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
780 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
781 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 782
030bd839 783 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
784 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
785 rate of the socket unit.
786
787 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
788 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
789 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
790 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
791 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
792
999a43f8
LP
793 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
794 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
795 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 796 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
797 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
798 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
799 with this.
800
e75690c3
ZJS
801 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
802 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
803
804 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
805 merged into the kernel in its current form.
806
807 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
808 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
809 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
810 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
811 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
812
813 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
814 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
815 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
816
4f9020fa
DR
817 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
818 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
819 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
820 target is now included in early userspace.
821
e75690c3
ZJS
822 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
823 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
824 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
825 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
826 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
827 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
828 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
829 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
830 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
831 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
832 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
833 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
834 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
835 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
836 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
837 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
838 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
839 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
840 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
841 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
842 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
843 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
844 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
845 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
846 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
847 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 848
46e40fab 849 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 850
61f32bff
MP
851CHANGES WITH 229:
852
d5f8b295
LP
853 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
854 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
855 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
856 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
857 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
858 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
859 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
860 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
861 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
862 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
863 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
864 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
865 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
866
867 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
868 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
869 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
870 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
871
872 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
873 devices.
874
a7c723c0
LP
875 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
876 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
877 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
878 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
879 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
880 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
881 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
882 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
883 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
884 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
885 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
886 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
887 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
888 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
889 this limit.
890
891 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
892 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
893 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
894 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
895 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
896 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
897 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
898 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
899
900 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
901 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
902 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
903 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
904 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
905 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
906 and group at package installation time.
907
d5f8b295
LP
908 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
909 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
910 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
911 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
912 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
913
8968aea0
MP
914 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
915 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
916 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
917 supports it.
918
919 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
920 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
921
922 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
923 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
924 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
925 file is already initialized.
926
927 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
928 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
929 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
930 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
931 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
932 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
933 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
934 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
935 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
936
937 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
938 working directory for the process started in the container.
939
ed5f8840
ZJS
940 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
941 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
942 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
943 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
944 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
945
946 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
947 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
948 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
949
950 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
951 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
952 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
953 sd_journal_restart_fields().
954
955 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
956 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
957 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
958 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
959 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
960
961 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
962 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
963 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
964 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
965
966 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
967 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
968 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
969 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
970 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
971 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
972 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
973 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 974 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
975 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
976 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
977 by PID 1.
978
50f48ad3
DM
979 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
980 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
981 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
982 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
983 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
984 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
985 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
986 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
987
988 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
989
d5f8b295 990 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 991 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
992 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
993
8968aea0
MP
994 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
995 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
996 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
997 recent kernels.
998
999 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1000 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1001
8968aea0 1002 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
1003 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1004 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1005 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1006 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1007 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1008 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1009 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1010 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1011 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 1012 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
1013 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1014 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
1015
1016 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
1017 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1018 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1019 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
1020
1021 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1022
1023 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1024 sockets.
1025
1026 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1027
1028 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1029 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1030 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1031 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1032 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1033 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1034
1035 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1036 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1037 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1038
1039 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1040 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
1041 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1042 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
1043
1044 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 1045
3545ab35
LP
1046 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1047 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1048 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1049 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1050 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1051 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1052 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1053 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1054 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1055 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1056 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1057 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1058 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1059 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1060 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1061 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1062 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1063 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1064 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1065
ccddd104 1066 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 1067
a11c7ea5
LP
1068CHANGES WITH 228:
1069
a11c7ea5
LP
1070 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1071 files are now also available as properties to set when
1072 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1073 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1074 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1075 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1076 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1077 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1078 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1079
28c85daf
LP
1080 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1081 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1082 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 1083
f1f8a5a5
LP
1084 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1085 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1086 created transiently.
1087
a11c7ea5
LP
1088 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1089 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1090 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1091 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1092 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 1093 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
1094 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1095 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1096
28c85daf
LP
1097 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1098 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1099 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1100
a11c7ea5
LP
1101 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1102 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1103 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1104 enabled.
1105
f1f8a5a5
LP
1106 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1107 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1108 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1109 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1110 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1111 subvolumes.
1112
a11c7ea5
LP
1113 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1114 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1115
28c85daf 1116 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
1117 individual indexes.
1118
28c85daf
LP
1119 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1120 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1121 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1122 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1123 suffixes now.
1124
f1f8a5a5
LP
1125 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1126 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1127 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1128 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1129 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1130 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1131 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1132 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1133 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1134 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1135 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1136 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1137 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1138 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1139 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1140 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1141 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1142 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1143 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1144 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1145 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1146
28c85daf
LP
1147 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1148 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1149 links between the host and the container.
1150
1151 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1152 added that allows importing select environment variables
1153 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1154 the service.
1155
ddb4b0d3 1156 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 1157 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
1158 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1159 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1160 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1161 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1162 than until they first elapse.
1163
a11c7ea5 1164 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
1165 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1166 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
1167 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1168 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1169 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1170 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1171 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1172
28c85daf
LP
1173 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1174 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1175 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1176 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1177 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1178 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1179 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 1180 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
1181 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1182 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 1183
28c85daf
LP
1184 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1185 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1186 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 1187 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
1188 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1189 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1190 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1191 software you package still references it, as this is a
1192 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1193 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1194
1195 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 1196
d5bd92bb
LP
1197 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1198 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1199
a11c7ea5
LP
1200 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1201 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1202 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1203
b9e2f7eb
LP
1204 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1205 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1206 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1207 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1208 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1209 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1210 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1211 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1212 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1213 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1214 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1215 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1216 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1217 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1218 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1219 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1220
1221 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1222 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1223 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1224 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1225 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1226 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1227 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1228 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1229 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1230 surprises.
1231
28c85daf
LP
1232 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1233 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1234 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1235 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1236 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1237 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1238 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1239 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1240 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1241 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1242 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 1243 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
1244 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1245 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1246 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1247 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1248 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1249 of PID 1 is the root user).
1250
1251 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1252 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1253 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
1254 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1255 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1256 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1257 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1258 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1259 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1260 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1261 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1262 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1263 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1264 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1265 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 1266
ccddd104 1267 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 1268
c97e586d
DM
1269CHANGES WITH 227:
1270
1271 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1272 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1273 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1274
1275 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1276 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1277 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1278 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1279 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1280 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1281
d046fb93
LP
1282 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1283 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
1284 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1285 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 1286 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
1287
1288 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
1289 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1290 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1291 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1292 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1293 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
1294
1295 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 1296 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
1297 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1298 automatically.
1299
21d86c61
DM
1300 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1301 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1302 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1303
1304 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1305 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1306 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1307 for disk IO.
1308
1309 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1310 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1311 removed.
1312
d046fb93
LP
1313 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1314 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1315 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1316 configured in User=.
21d86c61 1317
fe08a30b
LP
1318 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1319 directory of the selected user by default.
1320
21d86c61 1321 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
1322 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1323 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1324 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1325 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1326 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1327 compat reasons.
21d86c61 1328
fe08a30b 1329 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 1330 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
1331 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1332 units.
1333
1334 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1335 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1336 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1337 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1338 level.
1339
1340 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1341 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1342 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1343 namespaces work correctly.
1344
1345 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1346 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1347 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 1348 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
1349 activation.
1350
1351 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1352 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1353 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1354 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1355 system instance in a container.
1356
1357 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1358 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1359 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1360 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1361 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1362 connections.
1363
1364 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1365 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1366
1367 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1368 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1369 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1370 processes attached, or similar.
1371
bdba9227
DM
1372 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1373 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1374 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1375
1376 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1377 specifiers like %i or %f.
1378
ce830873 1379 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
1380 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1381 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1382 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1383
bdba9227
DM
1384 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1385 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1386 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1387 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1388 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1389 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1390
d046fb93
LP
1391 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1392
0053598f 1393 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1394 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1395
1396 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1397 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1398
1399 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1400 .network files.
fe08a30b 1401
bdba9227
DM
1402 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1403 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1404 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1405 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1406 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1407 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1408 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1409 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1410 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1411 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1412 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1413 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1414 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1415 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1416 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1417
1418 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1419 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1420 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1421 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1422
91d0d699
LP
1423 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1424 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1425 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1426 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1427
1428 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1429 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1430 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1431 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1432 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1433 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1434
d046fb93
LP
1435 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1436 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1437 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1438 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1439 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1440 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1441 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1442 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1443 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1444 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1445 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1446
bdba9227
DM
1447 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1448 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1449
efce0ffe 1450 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1451
61e6771c
LP
1452 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1453 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1454 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1455 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1456 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1457 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1458 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1459 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1460 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1461 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1462 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1463 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1464 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1465 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1466 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1467 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1468 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1469 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1470
ccddd104 1471 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 1472
c9912c5e
DH
1473CHANGES WITH 226:
1474
5e8d4254
LP
1475 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1476 new features:
1477
1478 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1479 information. It may be enabled and configured via
1480 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
1481 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
1482 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
1483 is any) is propagated.
1484
1485 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
1486 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
1487 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
1488 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
1489 information is enabled between host and containers by
1490 default now: the container will change its local timezone
1491 to what the host has set.
1492
1493 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
1494 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
1495
1496 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
1497 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
1498 information back, even if the server loses state.
1499
1500 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
1501 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
1502 PoolSize=.
1503
1504 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
1505 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
1506 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
1507 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
1508
1509 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
1510 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
1511 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
1512 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
1513 'dbus-daemon' systems.
1514
1515 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
1516 for virtio devices.
1517
1518 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
1519 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
1520 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
1521 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
1522 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
1523 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
1524 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
1525 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 1526 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
1527 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
1528 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
1529 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
1530 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
1531 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
1532 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
1533 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
1534 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
1535 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
1536 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
1537 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
1538 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
1539 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
1540 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
1541 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
1542 grants them.
1543
1544 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
1545 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
1546 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
1547 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
1548 group tree.
1549
1550 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
1551 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
1552 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
1553 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
1554 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
1555 work correctly in containers now.
1556
1557 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
1558 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
1559
c626bf1d
DM
1560 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
1561 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
1562 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
1563 function call is particularly useful when implementing
1564 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
1565
1566 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
1567 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
1568 signal events.
1569
1570 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
1571 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
1572 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
1573 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
1574 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 1575
47f5a38c
LP
1576 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
1577 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
1578 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
1579 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
1580 nspawn command line.
1581
2f77decc
LP
1582 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
1583 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
1584 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
1585 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
1586 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
1587 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
1588 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 1589 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 1590
ccddd104 1591 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 1592
ec5249a2
DM
1593CHANGES WITH 225:
1594
5e8d4254
LP
1595 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
1596 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
1597 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
1598 shell directly without prompting for username or
1599 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
1600 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
1601 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
1602 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
1603 the originating session.
1604
1605 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
1606 options and allows other programs to query the values.
1607
1608 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
1609 longer enforced with this release. The previous
1610 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
1611 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
1612 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
1613 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
1614 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
1615 this release.
1616
1617 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
1618 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
1619 messages.
1620
1621 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
1622 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
1623 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
1624
1625 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
1626 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
1627
1628 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
1629 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
1630 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
1631 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
1632 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
1633 posteriori.
1634
1635 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
1636 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
1637
1638 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
1639 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
1640 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
1641 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
1642 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
1643 "lastlog" tools.
1644
1645 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
1646 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
1647 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
1648 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
1649 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
1650
1651 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
1652 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
1653 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
1654 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1655 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
1656 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
1657 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
1658 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
1659 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
1660 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
1661 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
1662 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 1663
ccddd104 1664 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 1665
11811e85
DH
1666CHANGES WITH 224:
1667
10fa421c
DH
1668 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
1669 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1670
5e8d4254
LP
1671 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
1672 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
1673 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 1674
11811e85
DH
1675 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
1676 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
1677 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
1678
ccddd104 1679 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 1680
e57eaef8
DH
1681CHANGES WITH 223:
1682
1683 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
1684 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
1685 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
1686 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1687
01608bc8 1688 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
1689 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
1690
1691 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
1692 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
1693
931618d0
DM
1694 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
1695
1696 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 1697 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
1698 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
1699
1700 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
1701 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
1702 decapsulated packet.
1703
1704 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
1705 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
1706 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
1707 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
1708 netlink attribute.
1709
1710 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
1711 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
1712 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
1713 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
1714
1715 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
1716 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
1717 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 1718
f5f113f6
DH
1719 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
1720 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
1721
e57eaef8 1722 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 1723 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
1724 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
1725
1726 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
1727 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
1728 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
1729 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
1730 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
1731 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
1732
1733 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
1734 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1735 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
1736 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1737 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
1738 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
1739 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
1740 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
1741 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
1742 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1743
ccddd104 1744 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 1745
0db83ad7 1746CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 1747
861b02eb
KS
1748 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
1749 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
1750 or should be used to work around such bugs.
1751
1752 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
1753 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
1754
1755 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
1756 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
1757 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
1758 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
1759 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
1760
5541c889
DH
1761 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
1762 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
1763 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
1764
9b361114
DM
1765 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
1766 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
1767 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
1768 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
1769 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
1770
1771 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1772
0db83ad7
DH
1773 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
1774 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
1775 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
1776 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
1777 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
1778 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
1779 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
1780 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
1781 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1782 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 1783
ccddd104 1784 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 1785
0f0467e6
MP
1786CHANGES WITH 221:
1787
470e72d4 1788 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 1789 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
1790 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
1791 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
1792 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
1793 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
1794 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 1795 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
1796 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
1797 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 1798 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 1799
470e72d4
LP
1800 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
1801 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
1802 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 1803 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
1804 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
1805 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
1806 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
1807 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 1808 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
1809 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
1810 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 1811
470e72d4
LP
1812 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
1813 2.26.
1814
1815 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 1816 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
1817 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
1818 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
1819 in README for details.
1820
1821 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
1822 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
1823 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
1824 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
1825 unit.
1826
1827 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
1828 into man pages.
1829
1830 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
1831 external project.
1832
1833 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 1834 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
1835
1836 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
1837 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
1838 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
1839 state.
1840
1841 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
1842 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
1843 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
1844
1845 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
1846 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
1847 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
1848 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
1849 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
1850 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
1851 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
1852 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
1853 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
1854 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1855 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
1856 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
1857 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
1858 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1859 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
1860 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 1861
ccddd104 1862 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 1863
481a0aa2
LP
1864CHANGES WITH 220:
1865
f7a73a25
DH
1866 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
1867 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
1868 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
1869 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
1870 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
1871 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
1872 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
1873 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
1874
481a0aa2
LP
1875 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
1876 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
1877 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
1878 service consumed). This value is only available if
1879 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
1880 in the "systemctl status" output.
1881
1882 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
1883 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 1884 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
1885 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
1886 previously was already the default behaviour).
1887
1888 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
1889 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
1890 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
1891
1892 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
1893 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 1894 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
1895 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
1896
1897 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
1898 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
1899 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
1900 journalling file systems that support external journal
1901 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
1902 systems to be mounted.
1903
1904 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
1905 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
1906 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
1907 stable release this should not be problematic.
1908
1909 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
1910 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
1911 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
1912 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
1913 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
1914
1915 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
1916 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
1917 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
1918 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
1919 network switches.
1920
1921 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
1922 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
1923
1924 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
1925 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
1926 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
1927
1928 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
1929
1579dd2c
LP
1930 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
1931 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
1932 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
1933 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
1934 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
1935 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
1936 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
1937 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
1938 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
1939 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
1940 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
1941 been fixed in v220.
1942
481a0aa2
LP
1943 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
1944 systemd-networkd.
1945
1946 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
1947 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 1948 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
1949 containers started from the command line.
1950
1951 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
1952 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
1953
1954 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
1955 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
1956 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
1957 indirection via a pseudo tty.
1958
1959 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
1960 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
1961 when shutting down.
1962
1963 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
1964 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
1965 overlayfs support.
1966
1967 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
1968 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
1969 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
1970 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
1971 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
1972 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
1973 images are imported via systemd-importd.
1974
1975 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
1976 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
1977 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
1978
1979 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
1980 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
1981 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
1982 of v1 as before).
1983
1984 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
1985 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
1986
1987 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
1988 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
1989 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
1990 their own sessions without further privileges or
1991 authorization.
1992
1993 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
1994 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
1995 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
1996 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
1997 accessible via a bus interface.
1998
1999 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2000 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2001 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2002 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2003 to cover this functionality.
2004
2005 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 2006 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
2007 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2008 disabled/masked also stopped.
2009
2010 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
2011 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2012 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
2013
2014 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2015 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2016 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2017 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2018 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 2019 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
2020 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2021 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2022 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2023
2024 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2025 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2026 system.
2027
2028 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2029 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2030 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2031 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2032 device symlinks.
2033
2034 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2035 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2036 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2037 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2038
2039 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2040 stick devices has been added.
2041
2042 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2043 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2044
2045 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2046 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2047 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2048 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2049 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2050
2051 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2052 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2053 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2054
2055 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2056 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2057 Debian.
2058
2059 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2060 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2061 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2062
2063 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2064 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2065 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2066 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2067 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2068 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2069 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2070 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2071 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2072 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2073 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2074 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2075 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2076 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2077 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2078 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2079 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2080 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2081 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2082 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2083 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2084 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2085 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2086 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2087 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2088 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2089 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2090
ccddd104 2091 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 2092
615aaf41
LP
2093CHANGES WITH 219:
2094
615aaf41
LP
2095 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2096 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2097 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2098 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2099 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2100 interface with and update the database.
2101
2102 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2103 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2104 before bytewise copying is done.
2105
2106 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2107 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2108 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2109 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2110 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2111 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2112 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2113 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2114 available on btrfs file systems.
2115
2116 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2117 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 2118 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
2119 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2120 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2121 systems.
2122
2123 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2124 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2125 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2126 mount point remains.
2127
2128 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2129 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2130 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2131 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2132 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2133 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2134 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2135 are disabled.
2136
2137 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2138 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2139 container to the host or vice versa.
2140
2141 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2142 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2143 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2144
2145 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2146 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2147
2148 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2149 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2150 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2151 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2152 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2153 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2154 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2155 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2156 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 2157 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
2158 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2159 make the functionality of importd available to the
2160 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2161 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2162 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2163 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2164 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2165 only fully supported on btrfs.
2166
2167 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2168 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2169 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2170 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2171 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2172 information about images.
2173
2174 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2175 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 2176 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
2177 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2178 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2179 legacy file systems).
2180
2181 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2182 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2183 shown in networkctl output.
2184
2185 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2186 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2187 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2188 processes as system services while interactively
2189 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2190 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2191 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2192 full login session, the difference being that the former
2193 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2194 setup.
2195
2196 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2197 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2198 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2199 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2200 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2201
2202 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2203 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2204 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2205 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2206 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2207 via qemu/kvm.
2208
2209 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2210 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2211 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2212 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2213 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2214 disk images, too.
2215
2216 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2217 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2218 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2219 integrate with that.
2220
2221 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2222 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2223 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2224 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2225
2226 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2227 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2228 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2229
2230 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2231 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2232 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2233 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2234 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2235 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2236 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2237 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2238 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2239 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2240
2241 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2242 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2243 files.
2244
2245 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 2246 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 2247 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 2248 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
2249 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2250 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2251 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2252 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2253 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2254 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2255 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2256 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2257 explicitly turned on.
2258
2259 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2260 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2261 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2262 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2263
2264 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2265 supported.
2266
2267 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2268 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2269 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2270 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2271 associated with a virtual machine or container
2272 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2273 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2274 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2275 output however.)
2276
2277 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2278 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2279 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2280 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2281 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2282 caller's session/user.
2283
2284 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2285 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2286 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2287 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2288 user services.
2289
2290 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2291 same way as unit files.
2292
2293 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2294 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2295 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2296 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2297 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2298 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2299 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2300 the host.
2301
2302 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2303 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2304 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2305 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2306 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2307 host.
2308
dd2fd155 2309 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
2310 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2311 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2312 updated to make use of it too by default.
2313
2314 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2315 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2316 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2317 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2318
2319 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2320 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2321 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2322 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2323 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2324 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2325 modification.
2326
2327 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2328 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2329 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 2330 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
2331 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2332 information about Touchpad types.
2333
2334 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2335 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2336
2337 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2338 Policy link field.
2339
2340 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2341 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2342
2343 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2344 ACLs on files.
2345
2346 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2347 tmpfs, automatically.
2348
2349 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2350 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2351 status" output, if available.
2352
2353 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2354 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2355 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2356 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2357 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2358 run on next reboot.
2359
2360 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2361 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2362 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2363 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2364 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2365 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2366 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2367
2368 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2369 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2370 after a configurable timeout.
2371
2372 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2373 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2374 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2375 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2376 it non-idle.
2377
2378 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2379 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2380
2381 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2382 each .network interface in networkd.
2383
2384 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2385 in .network files.
2386
2387 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2388 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2389
11ea2781 2390 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2391 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2392 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2393 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2394 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2395 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2396 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2397 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2398 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2399 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2400 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2401 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2402 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2403 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2404 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2405 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2406 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2407 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2408 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2409 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2410 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2411 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2412 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2413 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2414
ccddd104 2415 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2416
d4f5a1f4
DH
2417CHANGES WITH 218:
2418
f9e00a9f
LP
2419 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2420 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2421 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2422 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2423
2424 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2425 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2426 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2427 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2428 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2429
2430 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2431
2432 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2433 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2434 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2435 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2436 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2437 modified configuration after editing.
2438
2439 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2440 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2441 system preset files.
2442
2443 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2444 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2445 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2446 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2447 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2448 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2449 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2450 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2451 other contexts.
2452
2453 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2454 inhibitors.
2455
122676c9 2456 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2457 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2458 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2459 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2460 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2461
2462 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2463 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2464 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2465 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2466 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 2467 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
2468 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2469 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2470 parallel to journald.
2471
2472 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2473 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2474 available.
2475
2476 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2477 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 2478 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
2479 or are not older than the specified time.
2480
2481 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
2482 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
2483 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
2484 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
2485
2486 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
2487 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
2488 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
2489 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
2490 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
2491 communication.
2492
2493 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
2494 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
2495 services.
2496
2497 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
2498 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
2499 including their signature and values. This is particularly
2500 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
2501 the new "busctl tree" command.
2502
2503 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
2504 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
2505 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
2506 friendly way.
2507
2508 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
2509 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
2510 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
2511 race-ful way.
2512
2513 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
2514 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 2515 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
2516 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
2517 --link-journal=try-guest.
2518
2519 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
2520 stable MAC addresses.
2521
2522 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
2523 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
2524 the respective unit shall use.
2525
d4f5a1f4
DH
2526 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
2527 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
2528 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
2529 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
2530
b938cb90 2531 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 2532 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 2533 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
2534 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
2535 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
2536 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
2537
17c29493 2538 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
2539 details see:
2540
2541 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
2542
2543 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
2544 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
2545 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
2546 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
2547 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
2548 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
2549 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
2550 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
2551 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
2552 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
2553 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
2554 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
2555
f9e00a9f
LP
2556 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
2557 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
2558 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
2559 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
2560 bluetooth, ...) is used.
2561
2562 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
2563 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
2564 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
2565 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
2566 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
2567 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
2568 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
2569 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
2570
2571 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 2572 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
2573 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
2574 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
2575 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
2576 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
2577 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
2578 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
2579 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
2580 interface.
2581
2582 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
2583 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
2584 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
2585 luks.name= argument.
2586
2587 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
2588 (this was previously already available for scope and service
2589 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
2590 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
2591 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
2592 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
2593
2594 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
2595 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
2596 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
2597
13e92f39
LP
2598 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
2599 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
2600 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2601 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
2602 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
2603 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
2604 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
2605 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2606 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
2607 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
2608 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
2609 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
2610 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
2611 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
2612 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
2613 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
2614 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
2615 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 2616
ccddd104 2617 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 2618
b62a309a
ZJS
2619CHANGES WITH 217:
2620
78b6b7ce
LP
2621 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
2622 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
2623 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
2624 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 2625
a65b8245
ZJS
2626 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
2627 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
2628 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
2629 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 2630
b62a309a
ZJS
2631 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
2632 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
2633 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
2634 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 2635 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 2636 connection.
b62a309a 2637
78b6b7ce
LP
2638 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
2639 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
2640
2641 * User units are now loaded also from
2642 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
2643 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
2644 supported, but is under the control of the user.
2645
4ffd29fd
LP
2646 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
2647 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
2648 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
2649 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
2650 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
2651 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
2652 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
2653 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
2654 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
2655 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
2656 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
2657 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
2658 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
2659 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
2660 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
2661 question.
2662
b62a309a
ZJS
2663 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
2664 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
2665 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
2666
2667 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
2668 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
2669 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 2670 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 2671
78b6b7ce
LP
2672 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
2673 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
2674 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 2675 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
2676
2677 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
2678 systemd-networkd.
2679
ba8df74b 2680 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 2681 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
2682 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
2683
2684 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
2685 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
2686
2687 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
2688 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
2689 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
2690
78b6b7ce 2691 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 2692
4bdc60cb 2693 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 2694 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 2695 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
2696 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
2697 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
2698 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 2699
c4ac9900 2700 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
2701 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
2702 respected.
2703
2704 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
2705 virtualization.
2706
2707 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 2708 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
2709 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
2710 on.
b62a309a 2711
e6c253e3
MS
2712 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
2713
2714 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
2715
ba8df74b
KS
2716 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
2717 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
2718 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
2719 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
2720 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
2721 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
2722 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
2723
4bdc60cb
LP
2724 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
2725 available for service units, that allows locking all service
2726 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
2727 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
2728 from the service's view entirely.
2729
2730 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
2731 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
2732
2733 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
2734 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
2735 session.
2736
2737 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
2738 legacy-free systems.
2739
78b6b7ce
LP
2740 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
2741 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
2742 easily.
2743
2744 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
2745 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
2746 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
2747 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
2748 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
2749 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
2750 option.
2751
2752 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 2753 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
2754 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
2755 /usr.
2756
f6d1de85 2757 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
2758 services, not only the main process.
2759
2760 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
2761 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
2762 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
2763 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
2764 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
2765
3769415e
TT
2766 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
2767 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
2768 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
2769 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
2770 directly from now on, again.
2771
fae9332b
LP
2772 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
2773 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
2774 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
2775 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 2776 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
2777 unit file enabling and disabling.
2778
cfa1571b
LP
2779 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
2780 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
2781 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
2782 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
2783 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
2784 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
2785 unnecessary or unlikely.
2786
7e63dd10
LP
2787 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
2788 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 2789 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
2790 "anually", "hourly", ...).
2791
d4474c41
TG
2792 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
2793 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
2794 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
2795 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
2796 overwritten at runtime.
2797
3b187c5c
LP
2798 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
2799 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
2800 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
2801 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
2802 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
2803 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
2804 segmentation fault.
2805
4b08dd87
LP
2806 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
2807 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
2808 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
2809 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
2810 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
2811 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
2812 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
2813 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
2814 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
2815 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
2816 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
2817 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2818 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
2819 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
2820 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
2821 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
2822 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
2823 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
2824 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2825 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2826 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 2827 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 2828
ccddd104 2829 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 2830
b72ddf0f 2831CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
2832
2833 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 2834 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
2835 implementations should add a
2836
b72ddf0f 2837 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
2838
2839 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
2840 default functionality.
2841
2842 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
2843 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
2844 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
2845 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
2846 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
2847 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
2848 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
2849 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
2850 files might need to be owned by them. A new
2851 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
2852 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
2853 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
2854 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
2855
2856 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 2857 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
2858 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
2859 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
2860 expected to be added eventually, too.
2861
2862 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
2863 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
2864 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
2865 new command to update these fields.
2866
2867 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
2868 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
2869 have been discovered via DHCP.
2870
2871 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
2872 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
2873 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
2874 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
2875 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
2876 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
2877 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
2878 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 2879 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
2880 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
2881 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
2882 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 2883 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
2884 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
2885 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
2886 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
2887 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
2888 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
2889 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
2890 implementation to systemd-resolved.
2891
2892 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
2893 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
2894 containers to their respective IP addresses.
2895
2896 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
2897 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
2898 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 2899 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
2900 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
2901 control utility for networkd.
2902
2903 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
2904 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 2905 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
2906 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
2907 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
2908 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
2909 (NoDelay=).
2910
a1a4a25e 2911 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
2912 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
2913
2914 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
2915 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
2916 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
2917 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
2918 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
2919 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
2920
2921 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
2922 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
2923 of the link.
2924
2925 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
2926 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
2927
2928 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
2929 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
2930
2931 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
2932 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
2933 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
2934 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
2935
2936 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
2937 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
2938 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
2939 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
2940 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
2941 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
2942 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
2943 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
2944
2945 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
2946 validation of unit files.
2947
2948 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
2949 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
2950 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
2951 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
2952 address may now be configured.
2953
26568403
TG
2954 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
2955 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
2956 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
2957 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
2958
2959 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
2960 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
2961
2962 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
2963 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
2964 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
2965 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
2966
b2ca0d63
LP
2967 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
2968 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
2969 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
2970 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
2971 implementation.
2972
2973 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
2974 journal data to a remote system running
2975 systemd-journal-remote.
2976
2977 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
2978 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
2979 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
2980 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
2981 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 2982 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
2983 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
2984 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
2985 version, you have to turn this option on again
2986 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
2987
2988 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
2989 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
2990 better than XZ which was the previous default.
2991
2992 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
2993 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
2994
2995 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
2996 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
2997
2998 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
2999 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3000 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3001
3002 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3003 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 3004 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
3005 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3006 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3007
01da80b1
LP
3008 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3009
3010 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3011
3012 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3013 when primary addresses are removed.
3014
b2ca0d63
LP
3015 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3016 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3017 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3018 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3019 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3020 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3021 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3022 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3023 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3024 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3025 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3026 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3027 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3028 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3029 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3030
ccddd104 3031 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 3032
3dff3e00 3033CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
3034
3035 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3036 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3037 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3038 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3039 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3040 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3041 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3042 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3043 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3044 require.
3045
3046 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3047 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3048
3049 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3050 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3051 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3052 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3053 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3054 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3055 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3056
3057 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3058 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3059 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3060 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3061 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3062 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3063 update or reset should use this condition and order
3064 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3065 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3066 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3067 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3068 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3069 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3070 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 3071 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
3072 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3073
3074 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3075
3076 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3077 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3078 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
3079 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3080
24a2bf4c
LP
3081 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3082 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3083 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3084 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3085 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3086 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3087 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
3088 .network files using settings of this section should be
3089 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3090 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 3091
c7435cc9
LP
3092 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3093 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
3094
3095 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3096 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3097 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3098 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3099 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3100 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3101 of nspawn instances.
3102
3103 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3104 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3105 added.
3106
3107 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3108 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3109 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3110 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3111 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3112 configuration stored in /etc.
3113
3114 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3115 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3116 parsing of unknown mount options.
3117
3118 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3119 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3120 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 3121 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
3122 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3123 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3124 pre-existing files of different types.
3125
3126 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3127 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 3128 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
3129 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3130 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3131 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3132 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3133
3134 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3135 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3136 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3137 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3138 shall be executed.
3139
3140 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3141 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 3142 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
3143
3144 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3145 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3146 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3147 reset.
3148
3149 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3150 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3151
3152 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3153 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3154 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3155
3156 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3157 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3158 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3159
3160 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3161 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3162 access to this group.
3163
3164 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3165 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3166 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3167 to the journal.
3168
3169 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3170 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3171 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3172 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3173 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3174 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3175
3176 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3177 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3178 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3179 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3180 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3181 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3182 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3183 the old name to the new name.
3184
3185 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 3186 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
3187 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3188
3189 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3190 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3191 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3192 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3193 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3194 "systemd-debug-generator".
3195
3196 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3197 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3198 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3199 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3200 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3201 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3202 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
3203 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3204 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
3205 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3206 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3207
3208 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3209 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3210 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
3211 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3212 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3213 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
3214
3215 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3216 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3217 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3218 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3219 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3220
3221 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3222 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3223 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3224 couple of drop-in directories.
3225
3058e017
TLSC
3226 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3227 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3228 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3229 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3230 for dev_port.
3231
c7435cc9
LP
3232 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3233 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3234 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3235 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3236
3237 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3238 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3239 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3240 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3241 Restart= setting.
3242
3243 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3244 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3245 directly connect to a specific container on the
3246 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3247 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3248 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3249 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3250 containers is a privileged operation.
3251
3252 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3253 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3254 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3255 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3256 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3257 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3258 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3259 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3260 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3261 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3262 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3263 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3264
ccddd104 3265 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 3266
4196a3ea
KS
3267CHANGES WITH 214:
3268
3269 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3270 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3271 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3272 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3273 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3274 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3275 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3276 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3277 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 3278 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 3279 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 3280 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 3281 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
3282 devices are excluded from this logic.
3283
04e91da2
LP
3284 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3285 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3286 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3287 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3288 change has been released.
3289
3290 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 3291 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
3292 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3293
ce830873 3294 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
3295 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3296 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 3297 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
3298
3299 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3300 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3301 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3302 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3303
a8eaaee7 3304 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3305 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3306
a8eaaee7 3307 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3308 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3309
3310 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 3311 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
3312 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3313
3314 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3315 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 3316 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
3317 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3318 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 3319 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 3320
cd14eda3 3321 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
3322 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3323 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 3324
ef392da6 3325 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 3326 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
3327 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3328 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3329 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3330 modifications of user data or system files from
3331 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3332 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3333
3334 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3335 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3336 and FIFOs in the file system.
3337
8d0e0ddd 3338 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
3339 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3340 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3341
3342 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3343 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 3344 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 3345 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
3346 the socket itself.
3347
3348 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3349 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3350 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3351 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3352 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3353 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3354 symlinks, and nothing else.
3355
3356 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3357 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3358 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3359 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3360 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3361 process (for example, the parent process). The
3362 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3363 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3364 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3365 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3366 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3367 messages to services when the originating process already
3368 vanished.
3369
3370 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 3371 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
3372 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3373 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3374 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3375 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3376 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3377 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3378 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3379 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3380 all long-running services.
3381
3382 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3383 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3384 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3385 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3386 service.
3387
3388 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3389 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3390 applied to all submounts, too.
3391
3392 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3393
3394 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3395 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3396 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3397 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3398 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3399 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3400 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3401
cc98b302 3402 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3403 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3404 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3405 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3406 (domU) domains.
3407
3408 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3409 files or entire directories.
3410
3411 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3412 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3413 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3414 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3415 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3416
3417 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3418 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3419 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3420 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3421 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3422 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3423 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3424 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3425 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3426 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3427 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3428 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3429
3430 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3431 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3432 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3433 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3434
3435 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3436 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3437 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3438 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3439 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3440 non-directories.
3441
3442 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3443 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3444 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3445
4c0d13bd
LP
3446 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3447 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3448 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3449 this group.
3450
dc1d6c02
LP
3451 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3452 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3453 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3454 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3455 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3456 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3457 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3458
ccddd104 3459 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3460
6936cd89
LP
3461CHANGES WITH 213:
3462
3463 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3464 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 3465 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 3466 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 3467 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
3468 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3469 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 3470 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 3471 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
3472 client should be more than appropriate for most
3473 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3474 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3475 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3476 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3477 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 3478 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 3479 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 3480 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 3481 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 3482 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 3483 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 3484
69beda1f
KS
3485 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
3486 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
3487 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
3488 part of a different namespace.
3489
3490 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
3491 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
3492 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
3493 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
3494
3495 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
3496 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 3497 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
3498
3499 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
3500 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 3501 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 3502 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
3503 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
3504 restart the service in question.
3505
3506 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
3507 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
3508 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
3509 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
3510 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
3511
3512 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
3513 graphs it generates.
3514
3515 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
3516 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
3517 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
3518 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
3519 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
3520
3521 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
3522
3523 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
3524 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
3525 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
3526 what it was on SysV systems.
3527
3528 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
3529 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
3530
3531 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
3532 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
3533 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
3534 files.
3535
3536 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
3537 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
3538 to show these addresses in its output.
3539
3540 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
3541 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
3542 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
3543 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
3544 preferred over a text one.
3545
3546 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
3547 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
3548 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
3549 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
3550 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
3551 mDNS cache.
3552
68dd0956
TG
3553 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
3554 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
3555 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
3556 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
3557 of network configuration performed in some other way.
3558
6936cd89 3559 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 3560 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 3561 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 3562 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
3563 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
3564
8e7acf67
LP
3565 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
3566 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
3567 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 3568 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
3569 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
3570 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
3571 overrides any other settings.
3572
3573 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
3574 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3575 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
3576 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
3577 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
3578 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
3579 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
3580 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
3581 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
3582 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3583 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
3584 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
3585 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
3586 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
3587 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
3588 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
3589 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3590
ccddd104 3591 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 3592
51c61cda
LP
3593CHANGES WITH 212:
3594
3595 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
3596 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
3597 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
3598 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
3599 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
3600 by accident.
3601
3602 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
3603 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
3604 registered with machined.
3605
3606 * sd-login gained new calls
3607 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
3608 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 3609 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
3610 counterparts.
3611
3612 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
3613 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
3614 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
3615 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
3616 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
3617 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
3618 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
3619 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
3620 once.
3621
3622 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
3623 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
3624 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
3625
3626 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
3627 units on all local containers, when used with the
3628 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
3629 executed when no parameters are specified).
3630
3631 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
3632 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
3633 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
3634 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
3635
3636 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 3637 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
3638 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
3639 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
3640 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
3641 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
3642
3643 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
3644 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
3645 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
3646 of the container.
3647
3648 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
3649 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
3650 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
3651 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
3652 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
3653 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
3654 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
3655 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
3656
3657 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
3658 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
3659 instead of /.
3660
3661 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
3662 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
3663 emergency messages now.
3664
3665 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
3666 journal log messages across the network.
3667
3668 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
3669 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
3670 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
3671 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
3672 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
3673 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
3674 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
3675
3676 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
3677 down a local OS container.
3678
3679 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
3680 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
3681 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
3682
3683 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
3684 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
3685 this is appropriate.
3686
3687 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 3688 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
3689 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
3690
3691 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
3692 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
3693 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
3694 for debugging purposes.
3695
3696 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
3697 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
3698 in seconds.
3699
3700 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
3701 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
3702 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
3703 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
3704 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
3705 like on traditional inetd.
3706
3707 * A new system.conf configuration option
3708 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
3709 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
3710
b8bde116 3711 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3712 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
3713 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
3714 do these days).
3715
b8bde116 3716 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3717 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
3718 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
3719 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
3720 could not take place because the system was powered off.
3721 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
3722
3723 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
3724 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
3725 it will be triggered.
3726
3727 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
3728 addresses to its local interfaces.
3729
3730 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
3731 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
3732 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
3733 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
3734 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
3735 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
3736 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
3737 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
3738 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3739
ccddd104 3740 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 3741
699b6b34
LP
3742CHANGES WITH 211:
3743
3744 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
3745 added to restrict which socket address families unit
3746 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
3747 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
3748 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
3749 is built on seccomp system call filters.
3750
3751 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
3752 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
3753 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
3754 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
3755 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
3756 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
3757 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
3758 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 3759 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
3760
3761 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
3762 matching against device group names.
3763
3764 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
3765 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
3766 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
3767 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 3768 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
3769 though.
3770
3771 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
3772 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
3773 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 3774 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34
LP
3775 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3776 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
3777 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
3778 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 3779 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
3780
3781 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
3782 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
3783 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3784 (see above). This means that installations made with
3785 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
3786 deployed using container managers, completely
3787 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
3788 this feature soon, too.)
3789
3790 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
3791 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 3792 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
3793 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
3794
3795 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
3796 using IPv4LL.
3797
3798 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
3799 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
3800 systemd-networkd.
3801
3802 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
3803 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
3804 still not a public API though (unless you specify
3805 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
3806 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
3807
3808 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
3809 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
3810 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 3811 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
3812 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
3813 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
3814 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
3815 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
3816 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
3817 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
3818 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 3819 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
3820 users.
3821
3822 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
3823 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
3824 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
3825 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
3826 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
3827 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
3828 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
3829 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
3830 due to a closed lid.
3831
3832 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
3833 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
3834 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
3835 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 3836 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
3837 order to then act as suspend blocker.
3838
3839 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
3840 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
3841 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
3842 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
3843 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
3844
3845 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
3846 now also work in --scope mode.
3847
3848 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
3849 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
3850 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
3851 promises are made.)
3852
3853 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
3854 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3855 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
3856 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
3857 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
3858 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
3859 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
3860 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
3861 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
3862 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3863
ccddd104 3864 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 3865
43c71255
LP
3866CHANGES WITH 210:
3867
3868 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
3869 according to SMACK rules.
3870
67dd87c5 3871 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
3872 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
3873
3874 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
3875 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
3876 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
3877
3878 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
3879 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
3880 and machine ID.
3881
ed28905e 3882 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 3883 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 3884 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
3885 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
3886 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 3887 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 3888 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 3889 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
3890 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
3891 backpack or similar.
3892
3893 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
3894 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 3895 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 3896 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
3897 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
3898 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
3899 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
3900 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
3901 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
3902 this on its own.
3903
3904 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
3905 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
3906 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
3907 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
3908
3909 * We will now ship a default .network file for
3910 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
3911 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
3912 --network-bridge= switches.
3913
3914 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
3915 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
3916 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
3917 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
3918 metrics, according to what is customary according to
3919 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
3920 each configuration option.
3921
3922 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 3923 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 3924 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 3925 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
3926 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
3927
3928 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
3929 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
3930 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
3931 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
3932 triggered by other work being done in the program.
3933
3934 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
3935 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
3936 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
3937 default however.
3938
b8bde116 3939 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
3940 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
3941 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 3942 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
3943 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
3944 them with systemd-networkd.
3945
d27893ef
LP
3946 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
3947 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
3948 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 3949 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
3950 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
3951 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 3952 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
3953 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
3954 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 3955 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 3956 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
3957 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
3958 during a transitional period!
3959
13b28d82 3960 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
3961 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3962 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
3963 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
3964 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3965 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3966 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3967 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3968
ccddd104 3969 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 3970
e49b5aad
LP
3971CHANGES WITH 209:
3972
3973 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
3974 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
3975 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
3976 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 3977 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
3978 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
3979 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 3980 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 3981 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 3982 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
3983 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
3984 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
3985
3986 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 3987 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
3988 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
3989 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 3990 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
3991
3992 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
3993 shutdown/boot.
3994
8b7d0494
JSJ
3995 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
3996 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
3997
3998 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
3999 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 4000 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
4001 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4002
4003 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4004 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 4005 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 4006 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 4007 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
4008 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4009
dfb08b05
ZJS
4010 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4011 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4012 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 4013 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
4014 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4015 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4016 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4017 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 4018 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 4019
e49b5aad 4020 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 4021 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
4022
4023 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4024 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4025 implementation.
4026
4027 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 4028 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
4029 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4030 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4031 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4032 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4033 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4034 and .service units.
4035
4036 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4037 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4038 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4039
8b7d0494 4040 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 4041 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 4042 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
4043 nothing makes use of it.
4044
4045 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4046 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4047 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4048
4049 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4050 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4051 compatibility purposes.
4052
4053 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4054 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4055 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 4056 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
4057 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4058 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4059 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4060 process handling.
4061
4062 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4063 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4064 style to "sd-bus.h".
4065
7e95eda5
PF
4066 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4067 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
4068 "systemd-networkd".
4069
4c2413bf 4070 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
4071 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4072 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4073 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4074 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
4075
4076 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4077 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4078 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4079 PID1's support for that anymore.
4080
8b7d0494 4081 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
4082 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4083
4084 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4085 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4086 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4087 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4088 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4089 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4090
4091 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 4092 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
4093 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4094 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
4095
4096 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4097 login in any local container. This works with any container
4098 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 4099 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
4100
4101 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4102 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4103 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4104 system of some kind.
4105
4106 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4107 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4108 next.
4109
4110 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4111 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4112 reboot() system call.
4113
4114 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4115 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 4116 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
4117 still available but not advertised anymore.
4118
e49b5aad
LP
4119 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4120 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 4121 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
4122 within each Unit.
4123
270f1624
LP
4124 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4125 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 4126 the kernel).
e49b5aad 4127
4670e9d5 4128 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
4129 timestamps (following the setting in
4130 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
4131
4132 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4133 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4134
4135 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4136 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4137
4138 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4139 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4140 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4141
4142 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4143 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
4144 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4145 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
4146
4147 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4148 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
4149 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4150
4151 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
4152
4153 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4154 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4155
4c2413bf 4156 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
4157 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4158 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4159 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4160
4161 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4162 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4163 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4164 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4165
e49b5aad
LP
4166 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4167 of the legend text.
4168
4169 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4170 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4171 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4172 remote sessions.
4173
8e420494
LP
4174 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4175 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
4176
4177 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4178 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4179 the system manager.
4180
1e190502 4181 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
4182 short description of the connection parameters in the
4183 description.
4184
4c2413bf 4185 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 4186 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 4187 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
4188 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4189 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4190 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4191 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 4192
c0c5af00 4193 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 4194 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 4195 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
4196 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4197 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4198 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 4199 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 4200 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
4201 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4202
6300b3ec
LP
4203 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4204 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4205 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4206 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
4207 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4208 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 4209 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 4210 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
4211 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4212 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4213 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4214 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4215 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4216 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4217 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4218 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4219 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4220 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4221 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 4222 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 4223 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
4224 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4225 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4226
8b7d0494 4227 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 4228 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
4229 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4230 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4231 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 4232 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
4233 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4234 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 4235 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 4236 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
4237 APIs.
4238
4239 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 4240 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 4241 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
4242 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4243 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4244 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 4245
81c7dd89 4246 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 4247 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 4248 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 4249 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 4250 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
4251 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4252 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4253 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4254 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4255 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4256 one of them is updated.
4257
e49b5aad 4258 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 4259 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
4260 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4261 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4262 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4263
4264 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4265 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4266 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 4267 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 4268 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
4269 entry points.
4270
4271 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4272 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4273 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4274 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 4275 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
4276
4277 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 4278 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
4279 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4280 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4281
1e190502
ZJS
4282 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4283 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4284 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 4285
1e190502
ZJS
4286 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4287 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4288 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
4289
4290 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4291 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 4292 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
4293
4294 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4295 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
4296
4297 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 4298 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 4299 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 4300 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
4301 all remaining processes of the service.
4302
4c2413bf
JE
4303 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4304 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
4305 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4306 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4307 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 4308 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
4309 manager process which created them takes no further
4310 responsibilities for it.
4311
1e190502 4312 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
4313 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4314 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4315 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4316 marked executable or world-writable.
4317
4318 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 4319 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
4320 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4321 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
4322
4323 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4324 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 4325 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 4326 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
4327
4328 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4329 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 4330 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
4331 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4332
4333 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4334 with specific SELinux labels set.
4335
4336 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4337 any additional output but the container's own console
4338 output.
4339
4340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4341 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4342
4343 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 4344 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 4345 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
4346 OS images, but only specific apps.
4347
4348 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 4349 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 4350 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 4351 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
4352
4353 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4354 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 4355 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
4356 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4357 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4358 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 4359
6afc95b7
LP
4360 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4361 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 4362 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
4363 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4364 units to use.
6afc95b7 4365
e49b5aad
LP
4366 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4367 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4368 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4369 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4370
4371 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4372 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4373 context for a service.
4374
4375 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4376 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
4377 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4378 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
4379 influence this logic.
4380
4381 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4382 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4383 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4384 other things.
4385
4c2413bf 4386 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4387 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4388 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4389 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4390 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4391 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4392 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4393 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4394 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4395 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4396
210054d7
KS
4397 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4398 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4399
e49b5aad
LP
4400 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4401 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4402 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4403 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4404 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4405 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4406 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4407 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4408 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4409 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4410 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4411 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4412 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4413 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4414 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4415 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4416 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4417 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4418 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4419 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4420 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4421 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4422 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4423 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4424
ccddd104 4425 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4426
cd4010b3
LP
4427CHANGES WITH 208:
4428
4429 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4430 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4431 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4432 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4433 access input and drm devices which are normally
4434 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4435 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4436 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4437 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4438 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4439 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4440 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4441 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4442
4443 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4444 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4445 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4446
4447 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4448 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4449 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4450 kernel version number.
4451
4452 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4453 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4454 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4455
4456 * This release removes high-level support for the
4457 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4458 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4459 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4460 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4461
4462 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4463 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4464 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
4465 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4466 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
4467 cgroup system.
4468
4469 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4470 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4471 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4472 logs among other things.
4473
4474 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4475 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4476 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4477 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4478 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4479 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
4480 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
4481 journald which would be necessary to resolve
4482 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
4483 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
4484 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
4485 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
4486 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
4487 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
4488 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
4489 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
4490 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
4491 not delayed until next reboot.
4492
4493 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
4494 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
4495 systemd generated files in one directory.
4496
4497 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
4498 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
4499 performance information if that's available to determine how
4500 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
4501 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
4502 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
4503
4504 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
4505 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
4506 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
4507 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4508 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
4509 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
4510 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4511
ccddd104 4512 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 4513
4f0be680
LP
4514CHANGES WITH 207:
4515
4516 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 4517 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
4518 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
4519 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
4520
4521 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
4522 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
4523 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
4524 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
4525 specified on the kernel command line less important.
4526
4527 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
4528 retrieve the VT number of a session.
4529
4530 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
4531 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
4532 maximum number of tries.
4533
4534 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
4535 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
4536 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
4537
4538 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
4539 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
4540
4541 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
4542 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 4543 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 4544
f3a165b0
KS
4545 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
4546 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
4547 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
4548
4549 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
4550 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 4551 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
4552 and type).
4553
f3a165b0 4554 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
4555 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
4556
4557 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
4558 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 4559 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
4560 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
4561
4562 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
4563 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
4564 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
4565 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
4566 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
4567 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
4568 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
4569 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
4570
4571 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
4572 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
4573 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
4574 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
4575
387abf80
LP
4576 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
4577 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
4578 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
4579 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
4580 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
4581 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
4582 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 4583
4f0be680
LP
4584 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
4585 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
4586
4587 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
4588 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
4589 automatically after the process terminated.
4590
4591 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
4592 certain paths from operation.
4593
4594 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
4595 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
4596 is received.
4f0be680
LP
4597
4598 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
4599 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
4600 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
4601 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
4602 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
4603 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
4604 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4605 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
4606 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4607 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
4608 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4609 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
4610 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4611
ccddd104 4612 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 4613
408f281b
LP
4614CHANGES WITH 206:
4615
4616 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
4617 concepts introduced with 205.
4618
4619 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
4620 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
4621 -r".
4622
4623 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
4624 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 4625 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
4626
4627 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
4628 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
4629 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
4630 the journal.
4631
4632 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
4633 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
4634 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
4635
4636 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
4637 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
4638 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
4639 browsing logs from that point on.
4640
4641 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
4642 of an FSS key.
4643
251cc819
LP
4644 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
4645 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
4646 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
4647 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
4648 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 4649 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
4650 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
4651 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
4652 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
4653 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
4654 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
4655 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
4656 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
4657 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
4658
4659 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
4660 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 4661 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 4662 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
4663
4664 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
4665 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
4666
4667 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
4668 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
4669
251cc819
LP
4670 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
4671 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
4672
4673 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
4674
4675 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
4676 support for passing performance data via environment
4677 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
4678 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
4679 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
4680 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
4681 deserialize it again.
4682
28f5c779
KS
4683 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
4684 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
4685 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
4686 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 4687
251cc819
LP
4688 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
4689 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
4690 completely silent shutdown when used.
4691
4692 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
4693 option in .socket units.
4694
4695 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
4696 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
4697 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
4698 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
4699 system.slice as before.
4700
4701 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
4702
4703 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
4704 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
4705 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4706 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
4707 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
4708 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
4709 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4710
ccddd104 4711 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 4712
00aa832b
LP
4713CHANGES WITH 205:
4714
4715 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
4716
4717 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 4718 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
4719 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
4720 possible for system services and applications to group their
4721 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
4722 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
4723 together, or apply resource limits on them.
4724
4725 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 4726 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
4727 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
4728 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
4729 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
4730
4731 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
4732 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
4733 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
4734 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
4735
4736 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
4737 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
4738 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
4739 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
4740 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
4741 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
4742 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
4743 and useful as a general batch manager.
4744
4745 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
4746 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
4747 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
4748 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
4749 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
4750 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
4751 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
4752 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
4753 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
4754 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
4755
4756 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
4757 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
4758 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
4759 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
4760 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
4761 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
4762 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
4763 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
4764 is compile-time optional.
4765
4766 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
4767 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
4768 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
4769 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
4770 well as slice units.
4771
4772 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
4773 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
4774 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
4775 but will be extended later on to make more properties
4776 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
4777 command that wraps this call.
4778
4779 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
4780 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
4781 while configuring a number of settings via the command
4782 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
4783 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
4784 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
4785 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
4786
4787 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
4788 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
4789 off audit.
4790
4791 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
4792 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
4793
4794 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4795 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
4796 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
4797 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
4798
4799 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
4800 snippets extending unit files.
4801
4802 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
4803 not available as public API.
4804
4805 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 4806 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
4807 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
4808
4809 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
4810 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
4811 controls what to boot into by default.
4812
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4813 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
4814 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
4815
00aa832b
LP
4816 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
4817 generators needed for execution, as well as information
4818 about the unit file loading.
4819
00aa832b
LP
4820 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
4821 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
4822 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
4823 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
4824 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
4825 racy due to journal file rotation.
4826
4827 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
4828 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
4829 all services.
4830
4831 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
4832 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
4833 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
4834 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
4835 system services want to log events about specific client
4836 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
4837 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
4838 unit is requested.
4839
4840 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
4841 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
4842 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
4843 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
4844 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
4845 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4846 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
4847 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
4848 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
4849 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
4850 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4851 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4852 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
4853
606c24e3
LP
4854CHANGES WITH 204:
4855
4856 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
4857 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
4858
4859 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
4860 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
4861 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
4862
4863 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
4864 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4865
2f3fcf85
LP
4866CHANGES WITH 203:
4867
4868 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
4869 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
4870
4871 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
4872 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
4873 fields, including the root directory.
4874
4875 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
4876 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 4877 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
4878 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
4879 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
4880 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
4881 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
4882 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
4883 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
4884 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
4885 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
4886
4887 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
4888 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
4889
4890 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
4891 have taken an inhibitor lock.
4892
4893 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
4894 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
4895 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
4896 the local hostname.
4897
4898 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
4899 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
4900 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
4901 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
4902 VMs/containers coming and going.
4903
4904 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
4905 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
4906 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
4907
4908 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
4909 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
4910 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
4911 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
4912
4913 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
4914 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
4915 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
4916
4917 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
4918 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
4919 services. With the container's root directory in
4920 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
4921 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
4922
4923 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
4924 the processes within a certain container.
4925
4926 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
4927 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
4928 check though. Patches welcome!
4929
4930 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
4931 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
4932 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
4933 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
4934 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
4935
4936 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
4937 the passed argument if applicable.
4938
4939 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4940 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4941 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
4942 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4943 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
4944 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
4945 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
4946 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4947
ef3b5246
LP
4948CHANGES WITH 202:
4949
4950 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
4951 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
4952 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
4953 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
4954 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
4955 units activate.
4956
4957 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
4958 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
4959 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
4960 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
4961 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
4962 for now, and not installable.
4963
4964 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
4965 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
4966 can run in conjunction with udev.
4967
4968 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
4969 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
4970 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
4971 session manager.
4972
4973 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
4974 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
4975 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
4976 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
4977 services, user processes and containers/virtual
4978 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
4979 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 4980 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
4981 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
4982 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
4983 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
4984
4985 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
4986
4987 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
4988 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
4989 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
4990 logical expressions.
4991
4992 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
4993 switches.
4994
4995 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
4996 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 4997 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
4998 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
4999 the user.
5000
cbeabcfb
ZJS
5001 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5002 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5003 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5004 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5005 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5006 an entry.
5007
ef3b5246
LP
5008 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5009 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5010 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5011 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5012 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5013 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5014
d3a86981
LP
5015CHANGES WITH 201:
5016
5017 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5018 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5019 directory.
5020
5021 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5022 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5023 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5024 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5025 problem.
5026
5027 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5028 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5029 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5030 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5031
5032 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5033 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5034
5035 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5036 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5037 files in this context are files such as
5038 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5039
5040 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5041 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5042 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5043 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5044 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5045 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5046
5047 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5048 hostnames.
5049
5050 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5051 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5052 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5053 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5054 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5055 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5056 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5057 all time-related output of systemd.
5058
5059 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5060 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5061 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5062 loops.
5063
5064 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5065 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5066
5067 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5068 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 5069 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
5070 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5071 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5072
5073 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5074 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5075 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5076 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5077 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5078 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5079 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5080
9ca3c17f
LP
5081CHANGES WITH 200:
5082
5083 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5084 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5085 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5086 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5087 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5088 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5089
5090 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5091 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5092 images.
5093
5094 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5095 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5096 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5097
35911459
LP
5098CHANGES WITH 199:
5099
5100 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5101
5102 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5103 security policy.
5104
5105 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5106 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5107 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5108 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5109 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5110 the same service can still access). When a service is
5111 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 5112 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
5113 this though).
5114
5115 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5116 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5117 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5118 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5119 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5120 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5121
5122 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 5123 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
5124
5125 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5126 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5127
5128 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5129
c20d8298 5130 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
5131 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5132 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5133 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5134 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
5135
5136 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5137 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5138 system is to be mounted.
5139
5140 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5141 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5142 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5143 purpose for socket units.
5144
6a7d3d68
LP
5145 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5146 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5147
a87197f5
ZJS
5148 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5149 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 5150 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 5151 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 5152 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 5153
35911459
LP
5154 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5155 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5156 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5157 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5158 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5159 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5160 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5161 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5162 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5163
85d68397
LP
5164CHANGES WITH 198:
5165
5166 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5167 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5168 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5169 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5170 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 5171 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
5172 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5173 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5174 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
5175 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5176 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
5177 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5178 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5179 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5180 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 5181 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
5182 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5183 for them too.
5184
5185 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 5186 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
5187 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5188 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5189 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5190 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5191 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
5192 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5193 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
5194
5195 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5196 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5197
40e21da8 5198 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
5199 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5200 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5201 other users.
5202
5203 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5204 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5205 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5206 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5207 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 5208 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
5209 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5210 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 5211 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
5212 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5213 supported.
5214
5215 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5216 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5217 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5218
5219 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5220 call.
5221
6aa8d43a
LP
5222 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5223 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5224 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
5225 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5226 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5227 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
5228 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5229 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5230 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5231 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5232 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5233 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5234 also been removed.
85d68397 5235
40e21da8 5236 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 5237 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
5238 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5239 objects themselves.
5240
5241 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5242
5243 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5244 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 5245 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
5246 to how this is supported in shells.
5247
5248 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5249 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5250 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5251 user systemd instance.
5252
5253 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5254 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5255 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5256 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5257 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5258 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5259 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5260 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5261 one day for good in the kernel.
5262
5263 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5264 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5265 container.
5266
40e21da8 5267 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 5268 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
5269 the host into the container.
5270
5271 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
5272 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5273 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5274 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5275 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5276 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397
LP
5277
5278 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5279
5280 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5281 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
5282 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5283 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
5284
5285 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5286 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5287 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5288 system resume events.
5289
5290 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5291 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 5292 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 5293 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
5294
5295 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5296 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5297 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5298 card).
5299
5300 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5301 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5302 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5303
bf933560
KS
5304 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5305 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5306 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
5307
5308 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5309 now carry a message ID.
5310
5311 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5312 continues to be work in progress.
5313
5314 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5315 root directory to operate relative to.
5316
40e21da8
KS
5317 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5318 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
5319 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5320 times a little.
5321
5322 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5323 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5324 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5325 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5326 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5327 request boot into firmware operations.
5328
5329 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5330 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5331 correctly in initrds.
5332
5333 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5334 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5335
5336 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5337 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5338
5339 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5340 the status of all active or failed units.
5341
5342 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5343 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5344 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 5345 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
5346 requests more robust.
5347
5348 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5349 reading journal files.
5350
5351 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5352 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5353
5354 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5355
5356 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 5357 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
5358
5359 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5360 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5361 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5362 socket activation in daemons.
5363
5364 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5365 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5366
43447fb7
LP
5367 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5368 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5369 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5370
85d68397 5371 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 5372 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
5373 system units.
5374
5375 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5376 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5377 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5378
5379 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5380 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5381 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5382 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5383 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5384 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5385 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5386 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5387 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5388 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5389 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5390 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5391 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5392 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5393 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5394 package installation time.
5395
5396 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5397 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5398 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5399 installation time.
5400
5401 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5402 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5403
5404 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5405
40e21da8
KS
5406 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5407 available.
85d68397 5408
1aed4590
LP
5409 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5410 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5411
85d68397
LP
5412 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5413 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5414 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5415 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5416 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5417 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5418 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5419 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5420 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5421 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5422 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5423 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5424 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5425 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5426
8ad26859
LP
5427CHANGES WITH 197:
5428
5429 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5430 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5431 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5432 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5433 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5434 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5435 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5436 the supported calendar time specification language see
5437 systemd.time(7).
5438
5439 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5440 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5441 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5442 document for details:
5443
5444 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5445
5446 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5447 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5448 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5449 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5450 dependencies.
5451
5452 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5453 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5454 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5455 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5456 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5457 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5458 with a configure switch.
5459
5460 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5461 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5462 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5463 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5464 such as ext4.
5465
5466 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5467 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5468 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5469
5470 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5471 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5472
5473 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5474 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5475 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5476 using only core OS tools.
5477
5478 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5479 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
5480 implementation of socket activated nspawn
5481 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
5482 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
5483 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
5484 eventually.
5485
5486 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
5487 presenting log data.
5488
5489 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 5490 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
5491
5492 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
5493 system on idle.
5494
5495 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
5496 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
5497 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
5498 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
5499 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
5500 information if possible.
5501
5502 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
5503 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
5504 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
5505
5506 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
5507 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
5508 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
5509 is running on battery power.
5510
5511 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
5512 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
5513 is in the "failed" state.
5514
5515 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
5516 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
5517 environment files at once.
5518
5519 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
5520 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
5521 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
5522 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
5523 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
5524 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
5525 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
5526 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
5527 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
5528 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
5529 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
5530 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
5531 pieces of code locally from the git history.
5532
5533 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
5534 log the unit name in the message meta data.
5535
5536 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
5537 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
5538
5539 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
5540 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
5541 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
5542 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
5543 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
5544 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
5545 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
5546 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
5547 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
5548 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
5549 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
5550 shipped from us upstream.
5551
5552 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
5553 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
5554 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
5555 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
5556 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5557 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5558 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
5559 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
5560 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
5561 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
5562 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
5563 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
5564 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5565
0428ddb7
LP
5566CHANGES WITH 196:
5567
5568 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
5569 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
5570 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
5571 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
5572 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
5573 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
5574 becoming the one central database for non-essential
5575 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 5576 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 5577 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
5578 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
5579 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
5580 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
5581 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
5582 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
5583 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
5584 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
5585 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
5586 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
5587
5588 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
5589 indexed database to link up additional information with
5590 journal entries. For further details please check:
5591
5592 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
5593
5594 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
5595 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
5596 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
5597 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
5598 macro for this purpose.
5599
5600 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
5601 Python logging framework.
5602
5603 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
5604 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
5605 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
5606 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 5607 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
5608 time intervals.
5609
5610 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
5611 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
5612 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
5613
5614 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
5615 right-away on the selected coredump.
5616
5617 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
5618 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
5619 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
5620
5621 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
5622 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
5623 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
5624 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
5625
5626 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
5627 default.
5628
5629 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
5630 SMACK security label.
5631
5632 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
5633 daylight saving change.
5634
5635 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
5636 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
5637 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
5638 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
5639 distributions who still need support this to either continue
5640 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
5641 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
5642
5643 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
5644 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
5645 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
5646 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
5647 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
5648 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 5649 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
5650 PolicyKit is not around.
5651
5652 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
5653 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
5654
5655 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
5656 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
5657 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
5658 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
5659 offline updating tools.
5660
5661 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
5662 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
5663 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
5664 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
5665 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
5666 directories for packages to place various data files in.
5667
5668 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
5669 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
5670
5671 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
5672 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5673 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
5674 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5675 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
5676 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
5677 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
5678 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
5679 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5680
139ee8cc
LP
5681CHANGES WITH 195:
5682
6827101a 5683 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
5684 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
5685 units via --unit=/-u.
5686
6827101a 5687 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
5688 right thing.
5689
5690 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
5691 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
5692 rotation.
5693
5694 * The journal will now index the available field values for
5695 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
5696 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
5697 completion of journalctl has been updated
5698 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
5699 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
5700
5701 * More service events are now written as structured messages
5702 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
5703
5704 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
5705 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
5706 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
5707 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
5708 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
5709 these settings from the command line now, especially since
5710 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
5711 completion.
5712
5713 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
5714 extract coredumps from the journal.
5715
5716 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
5717 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
5718 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
5719 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
5720 scratch their heads.
5721
5722 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
5723 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
5724
5725 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
5726 in immediate termination of systemd.
5727
5728 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
5729 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
5730
5731 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
5732 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
5733 mouse screen support has been added.
5734
5735 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
5736 Server-Sent-Events as output.
5737
1cb88f2c 5738 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
5739 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
5740 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
5741 "systemctl reload".
5742
15f47220 5743 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
5744 -u" instead.
5745
5746 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
5747 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
5748 configured.
5749
5750 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
5751 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
5752
5753 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
5754 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
5755 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
5756 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
5757 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
5758 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
5759 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 5760
f9b55720
LP
5761CHANGES WITH 194:
5762
5763 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
5764 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
5765 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
5766 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
5767 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
5768 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
5769 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
5770 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
5771 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
5772 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
5773 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
5774 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
5775
5776 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
5777 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
5778 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5779
597c52cf
LP
5780CHANGES WITH 193:
5781
5782 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
5783 starting from the specified location in the journal.
5784
5785 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
5786 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
5787 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
5788
5789 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
5790 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
5791 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
5792 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
5793 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
5794 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
5795 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
5796
5797 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
5798 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
5799
5800 This will download the journal contents in a
5801 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
5802
5803 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
5804
5805 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
5806 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
5807 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
5808 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
5809 screenshot of this app in its current state:
5810
5811 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
5812
5813 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
5814 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
5815
075d4ecb
LP
5816CHANGES WITH 192:
5817
5818 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
5819 too.
5820
d28315e4 5821 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
5822 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
5823 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 5824 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
5825 just start them.
5826
5827 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
5828 and line break accordingly.
5829
597c52cf
LP
5830 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5831 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 5832
b6a86739
LP
5833CHANGES WITH 191:
5834
5835 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
5836 container environment, copying the host's timezone
5837 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
5838 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
5839 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
5840
5841 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
5842 will default to 10 if omitted.
5843
5844 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
5845 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
5846 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
5847 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 5848 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
5849
5850 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
5851 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
5852 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
5853 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
5854 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
5855 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 5856 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
5857
5858 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
5859 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 5860 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 5861 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
5862 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
5863 into two.
5864
597c52cf
LP
5865 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
5866 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 5867
0c11f949
LP
5868CHANGES WITH 190:
5869
d28315e4 5870 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
5871 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
5872 "systemctl status".
5873
5874 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
5875 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 5876 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
5877 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
5878 field.)
5879
5880 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
5881 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
5882 default.
5883
5884 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
5885 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
5886 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
5887 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
5888 in a container.
5889
5890 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
5891 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
5892 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
5893 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
5894 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
5895 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
5896
5897 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
5898 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
5899 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
5900 no-op.
5901
5902 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
5903 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
5904 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
5905 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
5906 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
5907
5908 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
5909 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
5910
5911 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
5912 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
5913 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
5914 command.
5915
5916 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
5917 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
5918 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
5919
5920 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
5921
5922 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
5923 multiple files at once.
5924
5925 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
5926 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
5927 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
5928 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
5929 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
5930 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
5931 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
5932
a98d5d64
LP
5933 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
5934 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
5935 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
5936
5937 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
5938 dir: %_presetdir.
5939
d28315e4 5940 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 5941 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
5942
5943 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
5944 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
5945 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
5946 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
5947 anymore.
5948
aaccc32c 5949 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
5950 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
5951 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
5952 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
5953
5954 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
5955 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
5956 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
5957
5958 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
5959 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
5960 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
5961 sockets.
5962
5963 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
5964 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
5965 is changed.
5966
5967 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
5968 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
5969 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
5970 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
5971 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 5972 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
5973 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
5974
5975 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
5976
5977 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
5978 the unit file label and client process label into account.
5979
aad803af
LP
5980 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
5981 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
5982
5983 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
5984 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
5985 (%b).
5986
b6a86739 5987 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
5988 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
5989 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5990 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5991 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
5992 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5993 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5994
38a60d71
LP
5995CHANGES WITH 189:
5996
5997 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
5998 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
5999
6000 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6001 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6002 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6003 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6004 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6005 syslog daemons again.
6006
6007 * The libudev API gained the new
6008 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6009
6010 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6011 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6012 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6013 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6014
6015 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6016 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6017 container.
6018
6019 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6020 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6021 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6022 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6023 this explaining it in more detail.
6024
6025 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6026 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6027 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6028 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6029
6030 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6031 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6032 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6033 journal files.
6034
6035 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6036 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6037 as container init process a lot more fun.
6038
6039 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6040 entries.
6041
6042 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6043 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6044 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6045 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6046 different sets of services.
6047
6048 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6049 failure state.
6050
b6a86739 6051 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
6052 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6053 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6054
c269cec3
LP
6055CHANGES WITH 188:
6056
6057 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6058 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6059 tree a lot more organized.
6060
6061 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6062 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6063
6064 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6065 services.
6066
6067 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6068 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6069 filtering by log level now.
6070
6071 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6072 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6073 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6074
ab06eef8 6075 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
6076 command lines involving service unit names.
6077
6078 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6079 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6080
6081 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6082 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6083 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6084
6085 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6086 option.
6087
6088 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6089 a shutdown is cancelled.
6090
6091 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6092 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6093 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6094 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6095 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6096
6097 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6098 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6099 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6100 for display managers instead.
6101
6102 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6103 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6104 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6105 protection, and suchlike.
6106
6107 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6108 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6109 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6110 the service.
6111
6112 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6113 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6114 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6115 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6116 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6117 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6118
c4f1b862
LP
6119CHANGES WITH 187:
6120
6121 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6122 pages.
6123
6124 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6125 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6126 data loss.
6127
c269cec3 6128 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
6129 option.
6130
6131 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6132
6133 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6134 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6135
6136 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6137 specific directory.
6138
6139 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6140 messages of two different boots.
6141
6142 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6143 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6144 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6145
6146 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6147 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6148 disjunctions.
6149
6150 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6151 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6152 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6153
6154 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6155 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6156 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6157
6158 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6159 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6160 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6161 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6162 speed things up a bit.
6163
6164 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6165 header data of journal files.
6166
6167 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6168 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6169 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6170
6171 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6172 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6173 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6174 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6175
6176 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6177
6178 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6179 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6180 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6181 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6182
b5b4c94a
LP
6183CHANGES WITH 186:
6184
6185 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6186 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6187 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6188 prefixed with rd.
6189
6190 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6191 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6192
6193 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6194
6195 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6196
d1f9edaf 6197 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
6198
6199 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6200 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6201 as well.
6202
6203 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6204 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6205 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6206
6207 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6208 does the right thing. Example:
6209
6210 udevadm info /dev/sda
6211 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6212
6213 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6214 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6215 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6216 running.
6217
6218 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6219 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6220
6221 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6222 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6223
6224 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6225 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6226 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6227 files.
6228
6229 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6230 be stopped that is not loaded.
6231
6232 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6233
6234 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6235
6236 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6237 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6238 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6239 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6240
6241 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6242 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6243 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6244 completed initialization.
6245
6246 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6247
6248 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6249 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6250 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6251 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6252 distributions.
6253
6254 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6255 always valid when services log to the journal via
6256 STDOUT/STDERR.
6257
6258 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6259 command line options we understand.
6260
6261 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6262 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6263
91ac7425 6264 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
6265 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6266
6267 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6268 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6269 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6270 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6271
6272 systemctl status /home
6273 systemctl status /dev/sda
6274
6275 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6276 system.conf parsing.
6277
6278 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6279 Manager object.
6280
ce830873 6281 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
6282
6283 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6284
6285 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6286 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6287 complete.
6288
6289 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6290 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6291 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6292 systemd-fsck@.service.
6293
6294 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6295 Manager object.
6296
6297 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6298 work sensibly.
6299
6300 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6301 we actually understand.
6302
6303 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6304 additional capabilities to the container.
6305
6306 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 6307 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
6308 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6309
6310 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6311 the current boot only.
6312
6313 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6314 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6315
6316 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6317 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6318 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6319 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6320 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6321
c4f1b862 6322 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 6323
2d938ac7
LP
6324 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6325 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6326 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6327 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 6328
2d197285 6329CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 6330
2d197285
KS
6331 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6332 available.
6333
6334 * Several new man pages have been added.
6335
b5b4c94a
LP
6336 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6337 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6338 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6339 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 6340
b5b4c94a
LP
6341 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6342 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
6343
6344 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6345 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6346 Matthias Clasen
6347
4c8cd173 6348CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 6349
4c8cd173
LP
6350 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6351 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6352
6353 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6354 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6355 daemon.
6356
6357 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6358 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6359
6360 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6361 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6362 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6363 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6364
ea5943d3 6365CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 6366
187076d4
LP
6367 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6368 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6369 and systemd's most recent version number.
6370
194bbe33
KS
6371 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6372 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6373 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6374 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6375 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 6376 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 6377
91cf7e5c 6378 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
6379 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6380 subsystems.
64661ee7 6381
2d13da88
KS
6382 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6383 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6384 used to subscribe to events.
6385
194bbe33
KS
6386 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6387 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6388 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6389 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6390 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6391 forked by udev rules.
6392
f13b388f
KS
6393 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6394 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6395 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6396 it.
6397
ea5943d3 6398 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6399 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6400 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6401 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6402 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6403
ea5943d3 6404 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6405 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6406
6407 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6408 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6409 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6410 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6411
ea5943d3
LP
6412 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6413 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6414 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6415 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6416 to be used as drop-in files.
6417
6418 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6419 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6420
6421 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6422 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6423 about this in more detail.
6424
6425 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 6426 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
6427 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6428 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6429 from git history and add them downstream.
6430
6431 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6432 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6433 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6434 units.
6435
6436 * All smaller setup units (such as
6437 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6438 are run in a container and are skipped when
6439 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6440 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6441
6442 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6443 integrated, for details see:
6444 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6445
6446 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6447 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6448 messages.
6449
439d6dfd
LP
6450 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6451 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6452 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6453 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6454 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6455
6456 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6457 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6458 for all units started by PID 1.
6459
6460 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6461 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6462 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6463
3943231c
LP
6464 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6465 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
6466
6467 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6468 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 6469 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
6470
6471 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6472 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6473 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6474 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6475 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6476 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6477
6478 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6479 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
6480
6481 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
6482
6483 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
6484 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
6485 so sexy.
6486
6487 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
6488 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
6489 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
6490 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
6491 patterns.
6492
6493 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
6494 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
6495 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
6496 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
6497
6498 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
6499 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
6500
6501 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
6502 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
6503 in systemd now.
6504
6505 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
6506 ID on the command line.
6507
f8c0a2cb 6508 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
6509 for an init system.
6510
6511 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
6512 vt100.
6513
6514 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
6515
6516 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 6517 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
6518
6519 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
6520
6521 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
6522 container in other hierarchies.
6523
6524 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
6525 system.conf.
6526
6527 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
6528
6529 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
6530 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
6531
d28315e4 6532 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
6533 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
6534
6535 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
6536 locally generated journal files.
6537
6538 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
6539
6540 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
6541
79849bf9
LP
6542 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
6543 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
6544 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
6545 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
6546 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
6547 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
6548 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6549 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
6550 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6551 Gundersen
6552
16f1239e 6553CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 6554
16f1239e
LP
6555 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6556
6557 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
6558 KVM or container configured UUID.
6559
6560 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
6561
6562 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
6563
ab06eef8 6564 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
6565 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
6566
ce830873 6567 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
6568
6569 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
6570 folks
6571
6572 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 6573 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
6574 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
6575
6576 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
6577 configuration
6578
6579 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
6580 free fashion
6581
6582 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
6583 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 6584 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
6585 automatically generated data.
6586
6587 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
6588 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
6589 however.
6590
6591 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
6592 tarball.
6593
6594 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
6595 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
6596 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
6597 Reding
6598
437b7dee 6599CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 6600
437b7dee
LP
6601 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6602
6603 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
6604
6605 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
6606
45afd519 6607 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
6608 normal user logins.
6609
6610 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
6611 Biebl
6612
204fa33c 6613CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 6614
204fa33c
LP
6615 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
6616
6617 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
6618 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
6619 xsltproc.
6620
6621 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
6622 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
6623 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
6624
6625 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
6626 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
6627 reboot can automatically be triggered.
6628
6629 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
6630
6631 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
6632 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6633 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
6634
e0d25329 6635CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 6636
e0d25329
KS
6637 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
6638 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
6639 package update.
6640
b13df964
LP
6641 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
6642 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
6643 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
6644
6645 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
6646 complete.
6647
6648 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
6649 understood to set system wide environment variables
6650 dynamically at boot.
6651
e9c1ea9d 6652 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 6653
353e12c2
LP
6654 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
6655 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
6656 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
6657 files.
6658
b13df964
LP
6659 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6660 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
6661 William Douglas
6662
d26e4270 6663CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 6664
d26e4270
LP
6665 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6666
6667 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
6668 "Result" D-Bus property.
6669
6670 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
6671 the next few releases.)
6672
6673 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
6674 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
6675 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
6676 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
6677
b13df964
LP
6678 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
6679 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
6680 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
6681
220a21d3 6682CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 6683
220a21d3
LP
6684 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6685 bugfixes.
6686
6687 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
6688 resource usage.
6689
6690 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
6691 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
6692 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
6693 journals by the respective users.
6694
6695 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
6696 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
6697 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
6698
6699 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
6700 client for all entries.
6701
6702 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
6703
6704 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
6705 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
6706
6707 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
6708 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
6709 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
6710 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
6711
6712 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
6713 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
6714 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
6715
6716 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
6717 journal along with meta data.
6718
6719 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
6720 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
6721 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
6722
6723 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
6724 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
6725 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
6726
6727 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
6728
6729 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
6730 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
6731 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
6732 or fsck.
6733
d28315e4 6734 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
6735 requested with new -k switch.
6736
6737 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6738 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
6739
6740CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 6741
220a21d3
LP
6742 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6743 bugfixes.
6744
6745 * The git repository moved to:
6746 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
6747 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
6748
6749 * First release with the journal
6750 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
6751
6752 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
6753 systemd-stdout-bridge.
6754
6755 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
6756
6757 * Many systemadm clean-ups
6758
6759 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
6760 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
6761 remote mounts.
6762
6763 * Added Mageia support
6764
6765 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
6766
6767 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
6768 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
6769 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
6770 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
6771 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
6772
6773 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
6774 of existing distributions.
6775
6776 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
6777 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
6778
6779 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
6780 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
6781 boot.
6782
6783 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
6784
6785 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
6786 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
6787 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
6788 among other things.
6789
6790 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
6791 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
6792
6793 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
6794
ce830873 6795 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
6796 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
6797 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
6798
6799 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
6800 restored.
6801
6802 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
6803 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
6804 kmod
6805
d28315e4 6806 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
6807 of /usr/local by default.
6808
6809 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
6810 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
6811 in:
6812 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
6813
6814 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
6815 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
6816 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
6817 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
6818 supported anyway, and bad style).
6819
6820 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
6821 reloading of units together.
6822
4c8cd173 6823 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
6824 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
6825 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6826 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
6827 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek